1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
217 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
240 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
245 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
251 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
253 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
261 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
266 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
280 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
282 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
286 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
296 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
308 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
314 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
316 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
318 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
327 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
333 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
343 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
348 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
353 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
356 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
357 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
367 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
369 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
372 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *);
374 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*);
376 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info
*);
379 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
381 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*);
383 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*);
385 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*);
387 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*);
389 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
395 static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397 static asection
*mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
399 static asection
*mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
401 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd
*, asection
**);
403 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
404 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
);
405 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
406 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
407 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
408 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*);
409 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
410 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
);
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
412 (bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
);
413 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
414 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
);
415 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
416 (struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long);
417 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
418 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
419 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
420 (bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*);
421 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
422 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
423 struct mips_got_info
*);
424 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
425 (bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
426 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
427 (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
);
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
430 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
432 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
434 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
436 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
437 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
439 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
);
440 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
441 (bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
442 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
443 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
444 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
);
445 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
446 (reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*);
447 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
448 (struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
449 bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, bfd_boolean
);
450 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
452 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
453 (bfd
*, unsigned int);
454 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
455 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
457 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
458 static void mips_set_isa_flags
460 static INLINE
char *elf_mips_abi_name
462 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
463 (bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
464 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
465 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
466 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
468 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
470 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
472 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
473 (const void *, const void *);
475 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
476 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
477 asection
*, bfd_size_type
);
478 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
480 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
481 (const void *, const void *);
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
484 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
485 (const void *, const void *);
486 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
488 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
490 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
492 static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
494 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
496 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
497 (struct mips_got_info
*);
498 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
499 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
500 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
501 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
503 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
504 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
508 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
509 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
511 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
512 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
513 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
515 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
516 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
518 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
519 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
520 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
522 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
523 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
524 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
526 /* The name of the options section. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
528 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
530 /* The name of the stub section. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
533 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
537 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
541 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
545 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
547 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
549 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
551 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
553 /* Get word-sized data. */
554 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
555 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
557 /* Put out word-sized data. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
560 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
561 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
563 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
564 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
565 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
567 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
568 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
570 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
571 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
572 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
573 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
574 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
575 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
576 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
577 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
578 section, that is RELA. */
579 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
580 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
581 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
582 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
583 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
584 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
585 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
587 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
588 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
589 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
590 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
592 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
593 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
596 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
603 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
605 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
606 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
607 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
610 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
611 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
612 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
614 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
615 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
616 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
618 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
621 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
622 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
623 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
624 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
627 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
628 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
629 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
630 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
631 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
632 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
633 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
634 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
636 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
637 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
639 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
641 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
642 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
645 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
646 floating point arguments.
648 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
649 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
650 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
651 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
652 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
653 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
654 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
655 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
657 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
658 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
659 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
660 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
661 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
662 stub should be discarded.
664 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
665 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
666 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
667 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
668 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
669 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
670 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
673 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
674 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
675 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
677 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
679 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
680 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
681 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
683 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
685 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
686 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
687 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
690 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
692 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
693 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
695 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
698 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
700 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
701 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
703 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
705 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
706 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
707 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
710 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
712 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
715 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
717 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
719 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
720 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
721 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
725 /* Set local fields. */
726 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
727 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
728 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
730 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
731 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
732 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
734 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
735 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
736 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
737 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
740 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
744 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
746 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
747 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
749 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
752 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
754 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
757 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
758 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
761 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
762 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
765 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
768 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
769 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
771 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
772 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
775 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
776 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
779 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
780 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
782 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
784 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
785 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
789 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
790 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
791 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
793 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
794 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
798 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
799 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
800 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
801 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
802 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
803 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
805 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
806 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
808 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
809 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
819 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
821 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
822 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
823 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
824 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
825 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
826 free (debug
->external_sym
);
827 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
828 free (debug
->external_opt
);
829 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
830 free (debug
->external_aux
);
831 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
833 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
835 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
836 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
837 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
838 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
839 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
840 free (debug
->external_ext
);
844 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
847 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
849 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
850 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
851 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
856 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
857 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
859 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
861 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
865 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
868 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
870 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
872 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
873 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
875 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
877 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
878 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
883 unsigned long sindex
;
887 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
895 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
897 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
901 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
903 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
907 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
910 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
911 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
915 size
= sizeof (char *);
916 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
920 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
921 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
922 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
926 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
930 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
933 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, ss
))
937 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
939 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
940 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
942 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
943 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
944 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
945 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
946 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
947 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
948 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
950 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
951 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
955 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
956 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
957 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
960 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
964 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
967 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
969 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
970 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
971 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
972 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
974 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
976 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
978 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
980 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
982 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
984 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
985 matters, but someday it might). */
986 s
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
1015 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1019 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1020 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1022 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1023 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1025 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1026 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1028 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1029 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1030 being included in the link. */
1031 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1032 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1033 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1034 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1037 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1038 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1040 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1041 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1042 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1043 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1044 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1045 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1046 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1049 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1050 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1052 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1053 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1054 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1055 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1056 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1057 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1058 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1064 bfd_reloc_status_type
1065 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1066 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1067 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1071 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1073 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1076 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1078 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1079 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1081 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1082 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1084 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1085 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1087 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1089 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1090 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1091 an external symbol. */
1093 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1094 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1096 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1098 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1100 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1101 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1105 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1108 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1110 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1113 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1114 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1115 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1120 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1122 asection
*input_section
;
1126 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1128 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1130 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1131 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1132 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1134 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1135 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1136 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1137 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1139 bfd_reloc_status_type
1140 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1141 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1142 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1143 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1145 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1147 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1148 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1150 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1152 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1154 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1156 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1157 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1160 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1161 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1163 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1166 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1167 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1168 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1170 bfd_reloc_status_type
1171 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1172 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1173 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1175 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1176 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1177 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1178 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1179 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1180 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1183 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1184 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1187 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1188 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1189 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1191 bfd_reloc_status_type
1192 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1193 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1194 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1198 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1199 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1201 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1202 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1204 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1205 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1207 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1209 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1210 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1211 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1212 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1213 has a rightshift of 0. */
1214 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1215 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1217 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1218 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1219 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1221 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1222 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1224 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1227 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1231 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1232 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1236 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1237 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1238 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1240 bfd_reloc_status_type
1241 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1242 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1243 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1244 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1247 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1248 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1250 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1252 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1253 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1255 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1257 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1259 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1260 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1261 offset or address. */
1262 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1263 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1268 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1269 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1270 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1271 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1273 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1274 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1275 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1279 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1280 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1281 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1282 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1283 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1284 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1287 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1288 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1290 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1291 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1293 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1294 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1299 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1301 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1304 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1305 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1308 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1311 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1312 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1316 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1317 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1319 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1320 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1324 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1325 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1327 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1328 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1329 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1330 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1331 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1332 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1336 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1337 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1341 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1342 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1343 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1344 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1345 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1346 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1347 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1350 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1351 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1352 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1355 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1358 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1359 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1360 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1361 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1362 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1363 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1367 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1368 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1370 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1371 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1372 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1373 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1374 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1375 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1378 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1379 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1380 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1381 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1382 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1385 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1386 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1388 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1389 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1390 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1391 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1392 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1393 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1394 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1398 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1399 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1401 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1402 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1403 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1404 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1405 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1406 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1407 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1410 /* Swap in an options header. */
1413 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1414 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1416 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1417 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1418 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1419 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1422 /* Swap out an options header. */
1425 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1426 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1428 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1429 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1430 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1431 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1434 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1435 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1438 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1440 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1441 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1443 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1444 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1446 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1449 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1452 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1454 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1455 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1457 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1458 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1459 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1460 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1462 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1463 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1467 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1468 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1469 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1470 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1471 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1472 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1473 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1474 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1475 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1476 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1477 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1478 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1479 when generating a final executable. */
1482 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1484 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1486 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1488 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1489 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1491 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1493 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1494 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
)
1495 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1496 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1498 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1499 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1500 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1501 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1502 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1510 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1513 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1514 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1515 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1516 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1517 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1518 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1520 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1521 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1525 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1527 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1528 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1529 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1531 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1532 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1533 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1535 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1537 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1538 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1539 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1540 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1542 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1544 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1545 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1546 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1549 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1551 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1552 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1553 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1558 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1559 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1561 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1562 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1563 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1564 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1567 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1569 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1570 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1571 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1572 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1573 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1574 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1575 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1576 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1577 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1578 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1579 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1580 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1581 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1582 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1583 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1584 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1585 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1587 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1591 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1592 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1595 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1596 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1597 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1598 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1600 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1601 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1602 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1603 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1605 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1606 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1607 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1608 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1609 + sec
->output_offset
1610 + output_section
->vma
);
1612 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1614 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1617 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1619 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1621 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1622 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1627 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1628 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1629 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1631 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1634 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1635 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1636 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1637 + sec
->output_offset
1638 + output_section
->vma
);
1640 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1648 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1649 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1652 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1659 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1662 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1664 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1665 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1667 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1670 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1672 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1675 static INLINE hashval_t
1676 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1679 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1685 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1686 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1690 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1692 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1694 return entry
->symndx
1695 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1697 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1698 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1702 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1704 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1705 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1707 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1708 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1709 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1710 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1713 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1714 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1715 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1719 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1721 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1723 return entry
->symndx
1725 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1726 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1728 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1729 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1733 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1735 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1736 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1738 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1739 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1740 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1741 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1742 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1745 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1748 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1750 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1753 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1754 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1756 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1758 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1763 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1765 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1766 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1772 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1775 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1777 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1779 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1784 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1785 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1788 static struct mips_got_info
*
1789 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1792 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1794 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1795 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1796 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1797 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1798 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1801 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1806 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1807 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1808 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1811 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1815 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1816 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1818 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1820 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1822 return entry
->gotidx
;
1827 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1830 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1834 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1835 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1837 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1838 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1840 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1842 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1844 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1849 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1851 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1853 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1858 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1859 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1861 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1862 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1863 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1865 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1866 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1867 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1868 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
1873 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1874 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1875 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1876 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1877 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1880 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1881 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
1884 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1886 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1888 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1890 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1892 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1897 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1900 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1905 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1906 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1909 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1910 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
1913 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1914 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1918 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1919 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1920 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1922 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1925 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1927 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1929 return entry
->gotidx
;
1934 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1938 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1939 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
1943 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1945 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1946 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1947 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1949 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1952 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1953 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1955 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1956 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
1957 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
1958 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
)
1960 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1961 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1965 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1967 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1970 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1971 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1974 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1979 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1981 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1986 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1988 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1990 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1991 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1992 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1993 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1994 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1998 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
1999 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2004 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2005 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2006 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2007 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2008 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2009 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2012 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2014 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2015 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2018 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2020 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2023 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2024 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2025 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2026 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2027 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2028 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2029 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2030 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2031 too large offsets. */
2032 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2033 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2034 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2035 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2036 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2039 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2040 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2041 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2042 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2043 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2045 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2046 table index in the GOT. */
2047 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2052 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2053 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2057 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2059 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2061 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2062 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2064 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2066 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2069 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2070 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2071 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2073 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2075 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2076 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2077 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2079 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2080 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2083 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2084 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2090 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2091 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2095 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2096 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2097 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2099 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2101 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2103 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2105 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2109 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2112 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2118 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2120 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2123 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2124 need to do it again. */
2128 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2134 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2136 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2139 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2140 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2141 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2147 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2148 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2151 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2152 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2154 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2157 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2158 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2159 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2160 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2165 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2167 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2172 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2177 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2180 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2182 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2183 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2185 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2188 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2191 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2193 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2194 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2195 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2196 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2198 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2201 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2202 be the master GOT data. */
2204 static struct mips_got_info
*
2205 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2207 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2213 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2214 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2217 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2218 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2222 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2224 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2225 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2226 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2227 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2228 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2231 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2233 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2234 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2235 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2241 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2242 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2252 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2253 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2254 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2261 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2262 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2264 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2265 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2266 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2267 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2277 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2278 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2279 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2284 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2292 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2293 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2294 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2295 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2296 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2297 and then make make the new got current. */
2300 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2302 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2303 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2304 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2305 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2306 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2307 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2309 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2310 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2311 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2313 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2314 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2316 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2317 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2318 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2319 else if (arg
->primary
2320 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2322 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2323 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2324 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2326 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2328 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2329 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2331 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2334 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2335 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2336 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2339 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2340 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2342 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2343 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2345 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2346 else if (arg
->current
2347 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2349 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2350 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2351 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2353 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2355 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2356 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2358 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2361 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2363 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2364 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2366 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2367 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2369 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2370 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2371 overflows anyway. */
2374 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2375 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2377 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2383 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2384 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2385 got) to the given VALUE.
2387 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2388 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2389 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2390 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2391 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2392 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2393 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2394 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2397 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2399 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2400 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2401 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2402 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2404 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2405 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2409 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2411 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2412 if (arg
->info
->shared
2413 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2414 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
2415 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
2416 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2419 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2425 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2426 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2428 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2430 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2432 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
2433 && entry
->symndx
== -1
2434 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2435 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2440 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2441 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2442 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2443 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2444 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2445 the traversal must be restarted. */
2447 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2449 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2450 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2452 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2456 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2457 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2458 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2460 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2465 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2466 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2467 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2469 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2470 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2473 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2474 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2476 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2479 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2480 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2486 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2489 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2495 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2497 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2498 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2501 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2504 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2507 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2509 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2512 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2516 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2520 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2523 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2524 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2527 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2528 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
2529 bfd_size_type pages
)
2531 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2532 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2533 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2534 unsigned int assign
;
2536 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2537 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2538 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2541 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2542 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2543 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2545 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2546 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2547 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2548 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2549 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2552 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2553 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2554 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2555 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2556 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2557 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2558 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2559 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2561 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2562 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2563 to be the primary GOT. */
2564 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2565 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2568 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2569 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2571 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2572 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2573 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2576 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2577 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2578 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2579 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2580 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2581 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2583 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2585 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2588 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2589 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2591 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2595 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2596 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2597 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2598 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2601 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2604 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2605 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2612 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2614 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2618 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2619 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2620 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2623 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2624 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2625 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2626 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2627 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2628 follows IRIX's practice.
2630 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2631 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2632 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2633 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2637 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2638 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2639 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2643 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2644 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2645 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2646 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2647 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2648 their entries can be omitted. */
2649 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2650 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2653 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2654 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2655 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2656 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2657 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2658 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2659 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2660 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2661 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2664 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2665 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2666 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2667 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2668 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2669 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2670 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2671 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2672 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2673 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2674 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2675 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2676 points back to the master GOT. */
2677 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2678 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2684 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2686 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2687 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2688 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2689 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2691 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2692 list that gg points to. */
2698 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2701 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
2705 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2706 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2712 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2713 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2715 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2716 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
2717 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2718 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
2720 while (relocation
< relend
)
2722 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2728 /* We didn't find it. */
2729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2733 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2736 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
2737 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2738 asection
**local_sections
,
2739 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
2741 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2742 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2746 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2747 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2748 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2750 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2752 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2757 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2758 was forced local. */
2759 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2760 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2761 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2762 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2763 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2764 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2765 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
2772 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2775 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2777 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2778 /* VALUE is negative. */
2779 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2784 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2785 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2789 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2791 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2793 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2794 /* The value is too big. */
2796 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2797 /* The value is too small. */
2804 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2807 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
2809 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2812 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2815 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2818 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2825 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2828 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2831 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2838 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2841 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2842 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2845 register asection
*s
;
2847 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2849 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2852 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2854 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2855 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2856 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2859 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2865 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2868 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2869 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
2872 register asection
*s
;
2873 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2874 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2875 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2878 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2879 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2882 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2883 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2887 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2888 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2891 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2893 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2894 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2895 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2897 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2898 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2901 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2902 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2903 are not creating a global offset table. */
2905 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2906 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2907 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2910 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2913 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2916 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2919 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2920 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2923 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2924 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2925 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2926 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2929 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2930 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2931 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2933 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2934 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2935 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2940 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2941 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2942 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2944 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2945 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2946 relocation must be JALX.
2948 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2949 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2950 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2951 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2953 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2954 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
2955 asection
*input_section
,
2956 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2957 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2958 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
2959 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
2960 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
2961 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
2962 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
2964 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2966 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2969 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2970 shared object file being produced. */
2971 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2972 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2975 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2976 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2977 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2978 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2979 during execution. */
2980 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2981 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2983 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
2984 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
2985 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2987 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
2988 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2989 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
2990 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2992 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2994 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2995 relocation value. */
2996 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
2997 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
2998 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3000 /* Parse the relocation. */
3001 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3002 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3003 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3004 + input_section
->output_offset
3005 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3007 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3008 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3010 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3011 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3012 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3013 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3014 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3015 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3016 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3017 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3020 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3021 must come before globals. */
3025 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3028 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3030 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3031 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3033 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3034 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3035 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3036 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3037 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3038 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3040 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3042 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3045 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3046 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3049 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3050 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3051 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3054 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3056 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3060 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3062 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3063 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3064 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3065 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3066 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3067 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3068 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3070 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3071 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3073 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3074 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3075 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3076 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3078 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3079 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3080 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3081 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3085 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3086 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3087 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3089 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3090 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3091 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3093 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3094 if (sec
->output_section
)
3095 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3096 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3097 + sec
->output_offset
);
3099 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3101 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3102 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3103 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3104 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3107 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3108 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3110 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
3111 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3113 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3114 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3115 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3116 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3117 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3119 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3120 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3125 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3126 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3127 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3128 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3129 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3130 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3134 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3137 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3138 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3140 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3141 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3142 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3143 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3144 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3146 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3147 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3150 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3153 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3157 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3159 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3160 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3161 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3163 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3164 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3166 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3167 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3169 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3174 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3176 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3177 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3179 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3186 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3189 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3191 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
3192 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3195 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3196 special jalx instruction. */
3197 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3198 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3199 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3201 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3202 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3204 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3205 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3208 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3209 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3210 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3212 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3213 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3219 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3220 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3221 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3222 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3223 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3224 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3227 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3228 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3229 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3231 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3232 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3234 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3235 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3237 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3238 && h
->root
.def_regular
))
3240 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3241 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3242 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3243 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3244 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3245 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3248 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3249 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3250 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3254 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3255 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3257 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3260 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3261 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3262 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3267 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3268 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3269 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3270 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3271 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3272 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3273 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3274 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3276 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3284 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3288 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3291 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3292 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3299 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3301 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
3302 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
3304 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3306 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3307 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3308 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3309 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3312 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3320 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3324 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3325 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3329 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3333 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3334 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3337 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3338 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
3339 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3340 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3344 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3345 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3346 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3347 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3348 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3351 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3354 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3355 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3356 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
3358 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3364 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3365 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3369 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3370 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3376 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3379 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3380 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3381 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3382 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3383 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3386 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3387 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3390 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3391 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3392 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3393 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3394 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3395 not check for overflow here. */
3399 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3400 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3401 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3402 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3407 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3408 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3409 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3410 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3411 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3412 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3413 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3414 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3415 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3416 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3417 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3418 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3419 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3420 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3421 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3422 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3426 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3435 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3436 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3438 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3439 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3440 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3441 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3442 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3443 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3445 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3446 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3447 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3453 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3456 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3459 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3460 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3462 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3466 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3467 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3470 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3471 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3472 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3473 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3474 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3476 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3477 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3480 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3481 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3482 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3485 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3486 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3487 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3491 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3492 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3493 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3494 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3495 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3496 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3499 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3501 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3504 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3508 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3509 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3513 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3514 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3517 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3518 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3519 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3522 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3523 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3524 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3528 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
3529 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
3530 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
3531 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
3532 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3533 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3537 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3538 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3539 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3540 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3543 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3544 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3547 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3549 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3552 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3555 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3556 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3557 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
3560 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3562 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3563 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3565 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3566 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3567 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3568 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3569 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3570 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3575 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3576 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3577 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3578 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3579 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3580 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3582 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3585 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3586 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3587 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3588 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3589 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
3590 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
3594 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3596 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3597 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3599 /* Obtain the current value. */
3600 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3602 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3603 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3605 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3606 value in a funny way. */
3607 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3609 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3610 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3613 The format of these instructions is:
3615 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3616 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3617 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3619 +-----------------------------------------------+
3621 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3622 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3624 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3625 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3626 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3627 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3628 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3629 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3630 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3631 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3632 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3633 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3636 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3637 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3638 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3639 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3640 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3641 value as two 16-bit values.
3643 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3647 +--------+----------------------+
3651 +--------+----------------------+
3654 +----------+------+-------------+
3658 +----------+--------------------+
3659 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3660 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3662 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3663 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3664 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3665 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3666 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3668 if (!info
->relocatable
)
3669 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3670 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3671 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3672 | (value
& 0xffff));
3674 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3676 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3677 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3679 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3680 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3681 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3682 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3683 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3685 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3688 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3689 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3690 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3692 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3693 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3694 little-endian system. */
3695 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3696 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3700 /* Set the field. */
3701 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3703 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3707 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3708 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3710 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3711 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3713 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3718 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3722 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3725 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3726 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3729 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3730 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3734 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3735 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3738 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
3739 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
3740 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
3741 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
3742 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
3743 && !info
->relocatable
3745 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
3746 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
3752 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3753 + input_section
->output_offset
3754 + relocation
->r_offset
3756 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
3757 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
3761 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
3762 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
3765 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3766 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3767 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3768 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3769 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3771 /* Put the value into the output. */
3772 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3776 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3779 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
3781 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3783 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3784 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3785 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3788 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3791 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
3795 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3796 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3800 /* Make room for a null element. */
3801 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3804 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3807 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3808 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3809 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3810 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3813 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3814 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3815 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3816 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3817 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
3818 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
3820 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3825 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
3827 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3828 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3829 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3830 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3831 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3832 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3835 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3836 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3837 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3838 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3839 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3840 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3843 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3844 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3845 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3846 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3848 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3849 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3853 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3854 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3855 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3856 machinery tell us the offset. */
3857 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3858 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3859 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3861 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3866 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3867 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3870 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
3872 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3873 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3874 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3879 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3880 in the relocation. */
3882 && (! info
->symbolic
|| !h
->root
.def_regular
)
3883 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3885 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3887 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3888 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3889 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
3891 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3892 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3893 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3894 undefined symbols. */
3899 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3901 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3908 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3913 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3914 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3915 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3916 local symbols because we used to generate them
3917 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3918 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3919 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3920 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3921 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3922 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3924 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3925 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3926 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3927 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3928 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3933 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3934 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3935 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3936 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3937 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3940 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3941 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3942 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3944 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3945 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3946 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3947 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3948 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3949 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3950 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3951 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3952 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3953 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3954 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3955 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3956 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
3957 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3960 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
3962 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3963 correct location in the output file. */
3964 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3965 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3966 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3967 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3968 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3969 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3971 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3972 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3973 relocation format is non-standard. */
3974 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3976 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3977 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3979 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3982 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3983 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3984 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3986 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3987 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3989 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3990 will be writing to it. */
3991 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
3994 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3995 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
3997 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4002 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4004 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4005 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4006 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4007 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4008 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4009 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4011 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4012 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4013 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4015 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4016 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4017 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4018 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4019 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4020 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4027 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4030 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4032 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4034 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4035 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4037 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4038 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4040 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4041 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4043 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4044 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4046 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4047 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4049 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4050 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4052 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4053 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4055 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4056 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4058 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4059 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4061 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4062 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4065 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4069 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4073 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4077 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4081 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4085 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4088 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4089 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4092 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4093 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4096 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4097 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4100 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4101 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4109 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4111 static INLINE
char *
4112 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4116 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4117 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4120 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4122 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4126 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4128 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4130 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4132 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4135 return "unknown abi";
4139 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4140 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4141 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4142 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4143 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4144 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4145 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4146 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4148 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4149 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4150 definition in a shared library. */
4151 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4152 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4153 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4155 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4156 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4159 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4161 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4163 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4164 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4166 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4167 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4168 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4169 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4170 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4171 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4172 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4174 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4175 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4176 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4177 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4178 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4179 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4180 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4181 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4182 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4183 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4185 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4189 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4190 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4191 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4192 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4195 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4196 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4198 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4199 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4200 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4201 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4202 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4203 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4204 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4205 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4206 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4207 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4209 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4210 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4213 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4214 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4219 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
4221 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4222 if (section
!= NULL
)
4224 asym
->section
= section
;
4225 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4226 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
4227 base address to make it an offset. */
4228 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4235 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
4237 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
4238 if (section
!= NULL
)
4240 asym
->section
= section
;
4241 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
4242 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
4243 base address to make it an offset. */
4244 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
4251 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
4252 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
4254 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
4255 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
4256 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
4257 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
4258 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
4260 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
4261 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
4262 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
4263 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
4265 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
4266 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
4267 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
4268 We therefore take the following approach:
4270 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
4271 determine the pointer size.
4273 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
4274 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
4278 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
4279 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
4280 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
4281 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
4282 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
4284 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
4285 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
4289 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
4291 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
4293 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
4295 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
4297 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
4298 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
4299 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
4306 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
4307 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
4308 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
4317 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4318 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4319 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4321 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4322 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4325 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4326 will jump there rather than to .text.
4328 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4329 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4332 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4334 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4337 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4338 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4339 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4343 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4345 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4346 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4350 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4351 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4354 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4357 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4358 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4362 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4363 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4364 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4365 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4367 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4369 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4370 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4371 so that we don't have to read them again.
4372 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4373 through the section contents to see if there is an
4374 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4376 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4378 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4379 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4381 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4383 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4385 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4392 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4393 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4396 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4397 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
4400 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4407 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4408 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4412 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4419 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4421 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4423 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4424 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4425 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4427 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4428 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4430 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4432 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4433 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4435 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4437 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4438 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4440 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4443 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4445 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4447 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4449 unsigned int adjust
;
4451 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4453 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4461 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4462 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4463 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4465 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4469 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
4474 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4475 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4476 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4477 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4478 probably get away with this. */
4479 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4481 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4482 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4486 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4489 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4490 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4493 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4494 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4497 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4498 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4501 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4502 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4504 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4506 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4507 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4508 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4510 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4512 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4513 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4516 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4517 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4520 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4521 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4524 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4525 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4528 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4529 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4532 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4533 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4534 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4535 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4542 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4547 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4548 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4554 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4556 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4557 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4558 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4559 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4560 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4562 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4565 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4566 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
4568 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4569 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4572 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4573 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4574 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4575 they should agree. */
4576 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4578 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4580 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4581 if (contents
== NULL
)
4583 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4590 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4591 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4593 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4595 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4597 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4599 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4601 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4603 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4604 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4606 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4608 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4610 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4614 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4615 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4617 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4627 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4628 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4629 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4632 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
4634 register const char *name
;
4636 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4638 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4640 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4641 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4642 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4644 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4645 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4646 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4648 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4649 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4650 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4652 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4653 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4654 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4656 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4657 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4658 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4659 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4660 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4662 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4664 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4666 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4667 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4668 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4669 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4671 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4672 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4674 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4677 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4679 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4680 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4681 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4682 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4684 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4685 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4687 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4688 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4691 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4692 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4693 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4694 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4695 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4696 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4697 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4698 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4700 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4701 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4703 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4705 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4706 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4707 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4709 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4711 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4712 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4713 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4715 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4716 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4717 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4719 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4720 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4721 final_write_processing. */
4723 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4724 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4725 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4727 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4728 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4729 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4731 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4733 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4734 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4735 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4738 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4739 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4740 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4741 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4742 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4747 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4748 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4749 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4750 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4751 the .scommon section. */
4754 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4755 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
4757 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4759 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4762 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4764 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4770 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4771 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4774 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4775 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
4776 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4777 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
4779 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4780 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4781 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4783 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4788 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4791 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4792 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4793 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4794 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4797 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4798 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4799 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4800 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4804 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4805 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4807 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4808 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4809 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4811 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4812 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4815 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4816 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4817 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4820 /* Initialize the section. */
4822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4823 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4825 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4826 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4828 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4829 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4830 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4831 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4832 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4833 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4834 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4836 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4837 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4838 so I took it out. */
4839 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4842 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4843 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4845 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4846 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4848 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4849 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4850 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4852 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4853 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4856 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4857 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4858 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4861 /* Initialize the section. */
4863 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4866 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4867 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4869 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4870 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4871 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4872 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4873 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4874 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4875 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4877 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4878 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4879 so I took it out. */
4880 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4883 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4884 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4888 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4890 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4891 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4893 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4894 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4896 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4898 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4899 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
4900 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4903 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4906 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4908 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4911 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4914 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4915 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4916 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4917 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4923 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4924 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4925 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4928 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4929 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4930 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
4931 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4933 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4934 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4935 common in the output file. */
4936 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4937 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4938 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4940 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4941 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
4946 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4948 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4951 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4953 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4954 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4956 register asection
*s
;
4957 const char * const *namep
;
4959 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4960 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4962 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4963 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4966 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4970 /* We need to create .got section. */
4971 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4974 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4977 /* Create .stub section. */
4978 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4979 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4981 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4983 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4984 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4985 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4989 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4991 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4993 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4995 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4996 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4997 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5001 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5002 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5003 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5004 the linker takes such action. */
5005 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5007 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5010 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5011 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5012 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5015 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5018 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5020 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5024 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5025 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5027 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5031 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5032 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5034 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5035 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5037 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5038 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5040 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5041 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5043 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5044 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5046 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5053 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
5055 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5056 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
5057 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5060 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5063 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5065 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5068 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
5070 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
5071 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
5072 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
5073 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
5074 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
5075 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5077 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
5079 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5080 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
5081 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5084 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5087 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5089 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5097 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
5098 allocate space in the global offset table. */
5101 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5102 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
5106 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5107 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5108 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5110 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5111 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5114 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5116 if (info
->relocatable
)
5119 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5120 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5121 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5122 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5124 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5126 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5127 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5129 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5131 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5134 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5136 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5137 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5141 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5142 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5143 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5144 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5146 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5147 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5149 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5150 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5151 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5152 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5153 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5154 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5155 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5156 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5157 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5161 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5163 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5166 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5167 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5168 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5169 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5172 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5181 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5182 not need it. Since this function is called before
5183 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5184 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5186 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5190 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5192 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5194 unsigned long symcount
;
5198 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5199 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5201 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5202 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5203 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5206 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5209 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5211 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5212 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5213 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5214 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5218 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5220 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5221 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5223 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5226 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5229 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5230 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5232 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5233 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5236 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5239 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5241 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5242 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5244 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5245 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5246 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5247 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5248 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5249 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5250 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5254 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5255 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5257 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5259 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5260 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5262 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5264 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5265 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5266 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5267 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5268 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5269 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5270 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5271 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5272 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5274 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5279 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5289 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5294 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5295 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5296 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5301 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5302 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5303 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5305 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5306 unsigned int r_type
;
5307 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5309 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5310 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5312 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5314 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5316 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5317 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5319 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5324 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5326 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5329 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5330 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5334 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5335 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5341 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5342 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5343 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5344 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5345 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5346 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5347 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5349 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5350 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5352 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5359 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5360 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5361 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5369 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5370 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5371 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5373 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5374 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5375 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5376 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5377 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5378 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5379 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5380 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5390 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5391 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5392 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5393 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5398 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5399 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5402 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5403 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5406 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5407 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5408 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5414 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5415 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5416 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5421 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5422 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5424 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5425 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5426 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5427 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5429 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
5430 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5431 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
5437 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5438 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5439 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5440 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5441 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5448 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5449 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5453 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5457 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5460 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5461 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5462 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5463 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5464 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5465 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5466 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5467 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5468 relocations against the text segment. */
5469 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5473 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5475 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5476 defined in a dynamic object. */
5477 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5478 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5479 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5480 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5481 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5482 are relocations against the text segment. */
5483 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5486 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5487 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5488 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5489 dynamic relocations against it. */
5493 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5494 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5496 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5497 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5502 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5503 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5504 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5508 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5509 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5510 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5511 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5512 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5513 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5516 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5517 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5518 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5519 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5523 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5524 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5525 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5526 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5534 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5535 related to taking the function's address. */
5541 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5543 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5544 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5548 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5549 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5554 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5555 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5556 References from a stub section do not count. */
5558 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5559 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5560 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5561 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5562 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5563 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5564 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5566 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5568 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5569 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5577 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
5578 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5581 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5582 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5583 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5584 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5586 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5587 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5588 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5590 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5593 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
5596 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
5597 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5598 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5601 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5602 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5603 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5604 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5606 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5609 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5610 unsigned int r_type
;
5611 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5613 unsigned long instruction
;
5615 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5616 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5617 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5618 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5619 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5622 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5623 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5624 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5626 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5627 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5628 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5630 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5631 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5632 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5634 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5636 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5637 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5638 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5639 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5640 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
5643 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5644 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5645 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5646 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5647 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5649 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5653 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5655 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5656 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5658 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5659 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5660 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5661 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5663 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5667 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5668 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5670 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5671 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5672 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5673 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5676 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5677 symval
= isym
->st_value
5678 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5679 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5682 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5684 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5685 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5687 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5688 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5693 /* Check that it's in range. */
5694 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5697 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5698 if (contents
== NULL
)
5700 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5701 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5702 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5705 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
5710 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5712 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5713 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5714 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5715 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5716 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5717 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5721 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5722 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5723 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5726 if (contents
!= NULL
5727 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5729 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5733 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5734 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5740 if (contents
!= NULL
5741 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5746 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5747 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5748 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5749 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5753 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5754 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5757 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5760 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5762 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5763 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5765 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
5768 && !h
->def_regular
)));
5770 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5771 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5773 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5774 if (! info
->relocatable
5775 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5776 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5777 || !h
->def_regular
))
5779 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5780 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5781 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5782 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5783 against the text segment. */
5784 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5787 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5788 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5791 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5794 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5795 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5796 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5797 executable and the shared library. */
5798 if (!h
->def_regular
)
5800 /* We need .stub section. */
5801 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5802 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5803 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5805 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5806 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
5808 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5809 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
5811 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5812 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5814 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5815 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5819 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5822 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5823 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5824 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5828 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5829 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5830 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5831 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
5833 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5834 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5835 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5836 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5840 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5841 is not a function. */
5846 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5847 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5848 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5851 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5852 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5858 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5860 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5861 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5864 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5865 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5867 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5869 if (! (info
->relocatable
5870 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5871 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5872 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
5874 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5876 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5879 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5883 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5884 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5886 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5888 asection
*subsection
;
5890 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5892 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5894 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5896 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
5897 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5901 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5902 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5903 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5904 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5906 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5909 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5910 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5912 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5913 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5916 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5917 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5919 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5921 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5922 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5923 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5925 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5926 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5928 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5929 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5931 if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5932 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5938 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5941 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5942 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5946 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5948 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5949 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5951 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5953 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5954 if (info
->executable
)
5956 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5957 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5959 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5961 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5965 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5966 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5969 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5974 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5975 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5976 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5978 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5983 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5987 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5988 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5989 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5990 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5991 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5992 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5994 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5995 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
6000 const char *outname
;
6003 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
6004 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
6005 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
6006 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
6007 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
6009 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
6011 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
6013 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
6014 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6015 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
6018 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
6019 to copy relocs into the output file. */
6020 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
6023 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
6024 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
6025 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
6026 will move them around between input sections'
6027 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
6028 broken, so don't let it run. */
6029 info
->combreloc
= 0;
6032 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
6034 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
6035 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
6036 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
6038 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
6039 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
6040 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
6041 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
6045 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6046 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
6048 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
6049 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6051 unsigned int save_assign
;
6053 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
6055 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
6056 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
6057 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
6058 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
6059 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
6060 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
6061 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
6062 &set_got_offset_arg
);
6063 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
6064 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
6065 <= g
->global_gotno
);
6067 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
6070 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
6071 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
6072 + g
->next
->global_gotno
6073 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
6078 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
6081 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
6083 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
6084 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
6085 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6087 else if (! info
->shared
6088 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6089 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
6091 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
6092 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
6095 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
6096 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
6097 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
6098 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
6100 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6106 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6110 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6111 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
6112 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6114 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6119 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6121 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6122 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6123 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6124 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6125 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6128 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6129 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6130 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6132 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6134 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6140 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6141 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6143 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6148 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6149 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6151 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6153 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6157 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6160 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6162 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6165 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6168 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6172 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6175 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6179 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6180 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6185 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6190 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6194 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6197 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6200 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6203 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6206 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6209 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6210 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6213 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6214 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6215 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6216 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6223 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6226 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6227 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6228 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6229 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6230 asection
**local_sections
)
6232 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6233 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6235 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6236 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6238 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6239 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6240 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6244 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6245 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6246 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6248 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6249 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6252 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6253 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6255 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6256 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6257 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6258 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6259 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6260 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6261 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6263 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6265 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6269 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6270 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6271 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6272 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6273 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6276 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6280 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6281 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6282 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6283 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6284 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6285 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6286 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6287 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6288 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6289 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6290 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6292 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6293 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6295 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6296 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6298 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6300 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6301 combination of the addend stored in two different
6303 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6304 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6305 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6306 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6309 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6310 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6312 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6313 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6314 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6315 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6318 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
6320 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
6321 relocation must be immediately following.
6322 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
6323 may be a composed relocation consisting of
6324 several relocations for the same address. In
6325 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
6326 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
6327 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
6328 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
6331 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6334 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6335 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
6336 R_MIPS_LO16
, FALSE
);
6337 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6338 input_bfd
, contents
);
6339 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6340 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6341 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6345 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6348 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6350 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6351 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6353 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6354 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6358 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6361 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6364 if (info
->relocatable
)
6366 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6367 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6369 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6370 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6373 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6374 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6375 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6376 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6377 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6378 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6380 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6382 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6385 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6386 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6387 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6388 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6389 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6390 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6392 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6393 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6394 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6395 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6396 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6398 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6399 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6400 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6403 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6404 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
6405 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6406 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6407 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6408 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6409 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6411 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6413 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6414 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6415 source of the addend in the final link. */
6416 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6418 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6419 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6420 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6421 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6422 but for endianness. */
6428 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6430 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6437 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6438 do two separate stores. */
6439 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6441 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6443 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6449 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6451 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6452 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6453 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6454 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6458 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6459 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6464 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6468 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6469 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6470 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6472 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6473 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6474 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6475 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6477 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6479 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6480 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6481 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6482 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6483 local_sections
, &value
,
6484 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6485 use_saved_addend_p
))
6487 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6488 /* There's nothing to do. */
6491 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6492 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6493 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6494 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6495 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6498 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6499 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6500 info
->callbacks
->warning
6501 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6504 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6505 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6506 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6507 a given location. */
6511 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6512 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6513 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
6514 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6527 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6528 until we reach the last one. */
6529 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6535 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6536 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6537 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6538 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6539 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6540 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6541 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6542 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6548 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6550 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6557 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6558 do two separate stores. */
6559 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6561 /* Undo what we did above. */
6563 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6565 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6571 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6573 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6574 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6575 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6576 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6580 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6581 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6582 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6583 contents
, require_jalx
))
6590 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6591 adjust it appropriately now. */
6594 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6595 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6597 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6598 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6599 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6602 "__dso_displacement",
6604 "__program_header_table",
6608 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6616 const char* const *p
;
6619 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6620 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6623 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6625 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6627 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6628 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6630 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6632 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6634 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6640 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6641 dynamic sections here. */
6644 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6645 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6646 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6647 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6651 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6654 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6656 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
6659 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6661 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6663 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6665 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6666 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6667 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6669 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6670 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6673 /* Fill the stub. */
6674 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6675 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6676 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6677 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6679 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
6680 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6682 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6683 only for the referenced symbol. */
6684 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6686 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6687 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6688 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6689 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
6693 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6694 || h
->forced_local
);
6696 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6697 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6698 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6699 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6700 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6702 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6703 the symbols that need them. */
6704 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6705 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6710 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6711 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6712 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6715 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6717 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6723 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6725 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6727 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6730 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6735 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6737 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
6738 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
6740 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6741 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6742 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6743 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6744 appropriate addend. */
6745 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6747 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6748 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6749 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
6751 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
6752 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6755 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6756 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6757 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
6761 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
6762 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6767 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6768 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6769 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6770 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6771 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6772 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6773 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6775 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6776 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6779 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6781 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6782 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6783 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6785 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6787 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6788 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6790 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6791 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6793 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6795 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6797 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6798 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6799 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6800 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6802 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6804 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6805 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6806 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6807 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6811 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6812 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6813 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6817 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6818 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6819 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6821 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6822 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6823 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
6825 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6826 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6828 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6829 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6831 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6832 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6833 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6834 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6836 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6840 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6841 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6842 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
6847 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6850 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6851 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6856 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6858 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6860 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6862 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6867 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6868 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6869 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6870 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6871 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6874 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6878 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6879 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6881 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6882 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
6883 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6885 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6889 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6891 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6892 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6894 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6900 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6901 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6902 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6906 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6908 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6913 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6914 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6915 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6918 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6919 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6923 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
6926 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
6927 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
6930 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
6935 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
6940 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
6941 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
6942 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6943 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
6946 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
6947 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
6950 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
6951 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6952 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6953 referenced within the same object. */
6954 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
6957 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
6958 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
6960 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6963 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6964 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6965 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6967 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
6969 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6970 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6971 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6973 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
6976 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
6977 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
6980 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
6981 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
6984 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6985 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
6986 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
6987 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6991 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6992 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6993 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6994 are trailing null entries. */
6995 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6996 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
6997 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6998 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
6999 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
7008 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
7013 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
7014 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
7015 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
7016 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
7018 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
7019 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
7020 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7024 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
7025 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7027 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
7028 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
7030 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
7033 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
7034 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
7036 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7038 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
7040 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
7041 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7042 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
7043 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
7048 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
7050 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
7051 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7052 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
7053 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
7054 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
7057 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
7064 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
7066 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7068 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
7069 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
7073 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
7075 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
7076 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
7079 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
7080 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
7083 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
7084 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
7085 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
7088 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
7090 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7091 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
7092 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
7093 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
7098 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
7100 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7103 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7105 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7107 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7108 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7109 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7111 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7112 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7120 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7123 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7127 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7130 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7131 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7134 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7135 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7138 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7139 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7142 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7143 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7144 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7145 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7146 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7149 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7150 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7153 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7154 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7157 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7158 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7161 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7162 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7165 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7166 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7169 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7170 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7173 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7174 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7177 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
7178 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
7181 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7182 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7183 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7184 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7185 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7186 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7189 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7190 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7193 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7194 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7197 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7198 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7201 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7202 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7205 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7206 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7209 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7210 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7213 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7214 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7219 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7220 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7221 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7224 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7225 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7228 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7232 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7233 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7234 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7235 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7236 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7238 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7239 info for each special section. */
7240 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7241 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7244 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7247 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7248 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7250 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7253 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7254 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7255 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7256 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7257 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7258 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7259 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7260 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7263 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7264 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7265 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7266 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7267 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7268 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7269 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7270 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7271 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7272 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7275 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7276 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7278 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7279 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7281 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7284 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7285 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7286 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7287 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7288 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7289 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7290 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7293 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7294 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7295 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7297 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7299 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7300 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7307 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7311 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
7316 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7317 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7318 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7321 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7322 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7323 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7324 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7327 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7328 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7329 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7330 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7336 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7339 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
7340 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7343 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7346 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7348 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7349 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7351 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7352 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7357 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7361 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7365 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7366 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7368 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7369 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7377 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7378 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7379 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7382 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7383 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7384 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7386 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7388 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7389 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7394 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7396 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7398 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7399 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7402 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7403 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7404 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7405 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7406 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7407 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7408 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7409 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7410 *pm
= options_segment
;
7415 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7417 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7418 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7419 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7420 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7421 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7423 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7424 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7429 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7433 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7435 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7440 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7448 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7449 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7450 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7460 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7461 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7463 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7465 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7468 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7470 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7471 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7472 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7473 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7474 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7476 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7477 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7481 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7483 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7485 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7489 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7493 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7495 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7496 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7503 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7509 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7510 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7512 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7515 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7516 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7523 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7525 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7527 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7541 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7545 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
7546 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7547 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7548 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7549 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7551 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7555 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7557 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7558 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7562 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7564 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7565 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7566 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7568 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7569 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7577 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7582 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7585 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7586 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7587 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7588 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7592 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7593 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7594 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7595 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7596 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7598 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7599 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7600 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7602 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7603 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7604 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7608 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7609 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7610 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7611 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7612 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7613 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7614 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7615 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7616 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7617 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7628 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7629 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7630 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7631 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7634 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
7635 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7636 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7638 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7640 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7642 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7645 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7646 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7647 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7648 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7649 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7650 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7651 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7655 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7656 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
7657 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7661 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7662 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7664 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7665 if (h
->forced_local
)
7667 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
7669 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7670 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
)
7672 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7673 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7677 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7678 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7680 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7681 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7682 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7683 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7684 the upper limit of global entries. */
7689 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7690 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7692 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7697 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7698 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7699 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7700 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7701 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7703 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7704 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7707 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7708 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7709 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7712 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7714 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7715 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7717 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7723 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7729 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
7730 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7733 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7734 unsigned char *tdata
;
7737 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7742 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7744 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7745 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7748 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7752 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7760 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7761 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7763 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
7765 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7774 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7775 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7781 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7782 free (cookie
->rels
);
7788 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
7790 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7796 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
7799 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7802 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7805 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7809 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
7810 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7812 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7814 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7817 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7820 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7821 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
7825 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7826 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7828 struct mips_elf_find_line
7830 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7831 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7835 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
7836 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
7837 const char **filename_ptr
,
7838 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7839 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7843 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7844 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7848 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7849 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7850 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
7851 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7854 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7858 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7859 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
7860 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
7862 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7863 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7864 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7865 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
7866 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
7867 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7869 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
7872 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
7875 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
7876 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
7878 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7881 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7885 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
7887 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7891 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7892 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
7893 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7894 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
7896 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7899 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
7900 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
7901 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
7902 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
7903 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
7904 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
7905 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
7907 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
7909 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7910 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7911 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7912 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7913 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7914 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7917 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
7918 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7921 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7925 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7928 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7930 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7931 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7935 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7936 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7937 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7940 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
7941 const void *location
,
7942 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
7944 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
7948 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7950 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
7951 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7952 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7955 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
7958 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
7961 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
7964 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
7967 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
7971 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7972 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7975 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7977 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7978 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
7980 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
7983 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7984 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
7985 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7988 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
7989 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
7995 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
7996 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
7999 /* read in the section */
8000 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
8001 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
8004 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
8008 if (reloc_count
< 0)
8011 if (reloc_count
> 0)
8016 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
8019 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
8020 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
8021 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
8022 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
8023 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
8027 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
8028 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8035 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8036 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8037 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8040 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8041 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8043 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
8045 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8046 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8048 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
8050 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8059 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
8061 char *error_message
= NULL
;
8062 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8064 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
8065 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
8066 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8067 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
8069 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
8073 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
8074 fall over on its own. */
8076 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
8077 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
8079 /* bypass special_function call */
8080 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
8081 input_section
, relocatable
,
8083 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
8085 /* end mips specific stuff */
8087 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
, input_section
,
8088 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
8090 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
8094 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
8096 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
8097 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
8101 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
8105 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8106 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8107 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8108 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8112 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8113 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8114 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8115 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8116 (*parent
)->address
)))
8119 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8120 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8122 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8123 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8124 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8127 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8136 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8137 free (reloc_vector
);
8141 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8142 free (reloc_vector
);
8146 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8148 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8149 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8151 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8152 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8154 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8158 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8159 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8166 /* We no longer use this. */
8167 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8168 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8170 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8171 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8172 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8174 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8176 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8179 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8180 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8181 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8184 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8188 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8189 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8190 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8191 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8192 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8193 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8194 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8195 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8196 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8202 static const char * const secname
[] =
8204 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8205 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8207 static const int sc
[] =
8209 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8210 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8213 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8214 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8215 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8217 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8221 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8222 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
8224 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8225 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8226 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8227 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8228 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8236 for (p
= abfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
8237 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
8238 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
8239 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (abfd
, info
, p
))
8243 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
8246 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8247 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8248 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8249 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8251 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8252 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8253 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8254 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8258 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8259 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8260 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8261 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8262 better off including it then not. */
8263 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8264 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8266 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8268 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8269 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8270 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8271 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8272 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8273 --abfd
->section_count
;
8279 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8280 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8281 to be better off including it than not. */
8282 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8284 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8286 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8287 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8288 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8289 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8290 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8291 --abfd
->section_count
;
8298 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8299 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8301 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8303 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8304 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8305 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8306 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8307 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8308 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8310 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8312 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8313 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8315 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8318 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8319 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8323 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8324 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8325 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8329 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8333 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8334 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8335 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8337 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8339 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8341 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8342 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8343 the information together. */
8344 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8346 asection
*input_section
;
8348 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8351 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8353 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8358 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8359 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8361 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8362 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8365 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8367 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8368 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8369 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8370 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8371 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8373 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8374 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8375 finally written out. */
8377 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8378 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8379 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8382 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8383 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8385 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8386 matters, but someday it might). */
8387 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8392 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8394 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8397 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8398 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8399 the information together. */
8400 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8401 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8403 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8407 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8408 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8409 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8411 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8414 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8416 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8417 debug_info structure. */
8419 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8420 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8421 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8422 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8423 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8425 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8426 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8427 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8428 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8430 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8431 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
8435 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8439 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8440 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8441 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8442 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8444 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8446 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8447 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8450 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8451 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
8454 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8455 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8460 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8462 asection
*input_section
;
8464 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8465 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8469 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8471 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8476 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8477 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8479 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8480 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8481 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8483 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8484 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8485 want to deal with it. */
8489 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8490 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8492 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
8494 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8495 read in the debugging information and set up an
8496 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8497 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8501 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8502 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8503 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8506 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8507 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8508 the linker global hash table and save the information
8509 for the output external symbols. */
8510 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8511 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8512 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8513 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8515 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8516 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8520 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8522 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
8523 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8524 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8525 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8528 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8529 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8530 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8531 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8537 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8538 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8544 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8545 free (input_debug
.line
);
8546 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8547 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8548 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8549 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8550 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8551 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8552 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8553 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8554 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8555 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8557 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8558 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8559 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8562 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8564 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8565 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8566 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8568 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8569 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8571 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8572 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8573 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8574 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8578 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8584 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8587 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8589 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8590 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8591 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
8595 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8596 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8598 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8599 matters, but someday it might). */
8600 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8605 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8607 const char *subname
;
8610 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8613 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8614 information describing how the small data area would
8615 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8616 not used in executables files. */
8617 if (! info
->relocatable
)
8619 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8621 asection
*input_section
;
8623 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8625 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8630 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8632 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8633 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8634 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8637 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8638 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8639 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8641 /* Really remove the section. */
8642 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8644 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8646 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8647 --abfd
->section_count
;
8652 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8653 uninitialized data. */
8654 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8656 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8660 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8661 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8662 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8667 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8668 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8669 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8670 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8671 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8672 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8673 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8675 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8676 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8678 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8679 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8680 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8683 /* Set up the first entry. */
8685 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8686 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8689 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8690 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8692 /* Combine the input sections. */
8693 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8695 asection
*input_section
;
8699 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8701 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8703 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8708 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8709 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8711 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8712 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8713 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8714 size
= input_section
->size
;
8716 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8718 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8720 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8721 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8727 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8728 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
8729 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8735 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8737 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8738 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8741 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8743 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8744 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8746 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8752 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8755 /* We need a new table entry. */
8756 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8757 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
8758 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8764 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8765 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8767 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8768 value, since that will be implied by this new
8771 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8773 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8775 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8776 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8780 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8781 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8786 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8789 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8790 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8791 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8794 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8796 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8798 /* Swap out the table. */
8799 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8800 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8801 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8807 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8808 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8811 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8812 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8814 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8815 matters, but someday it might). */
8816 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8820 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8821 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
8824 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8826 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
8828 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8830 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8831 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8835 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
8837 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8838 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
8840 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
8843 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8846 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
8848 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
8849 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
8850 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
8854 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
8856 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
8857 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
8858 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
8862 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8864 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8865 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
8867 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
8868 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
8869 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
8877 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8879 struct mips_mach_extension
{
8880 unsigned long extension
, base
;
8884 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8885 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8887 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
8888 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8889 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8890 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8892 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8893 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
8895 /* R10000 extensions. */
8896 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
8898 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8899 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8900 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8901 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8902 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8903 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
8904 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
8906 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8907 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8908 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8909 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8910 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8911 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8913 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8914 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8915 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8917 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8918 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8919 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8920 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8921 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8922 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8923 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8924 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8926 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8927 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
8929 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8930 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8931 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8933 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8934 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
8935 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
8939 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8942 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
8946 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
8947 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
8948 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
8950 return extension
== base
;
8954 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8957 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
8959 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
8960 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8961 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8962 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8963 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8964 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8965 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
8969 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8970 object file when linking. */
8973 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8978 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
8981 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8982 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
8984 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8985 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8990 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8991 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8994 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
8996 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8997 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
9002 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
9003 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9004 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
9006 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
9008 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
9009 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
9010 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9011 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
9013 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
9014 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
9016 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
9017 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9024 /* Check flag compatibility. */
9026 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9027 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
9029 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
9030 doesn't seem to matter. */
9031 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9032 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
9034 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
9035 just be able to ignore this. */
9036 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9037 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
9039 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
9042 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
9043 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
9044 actually cause any incompatibility. */
9045 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9047 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
9048 which are automatically generated by gas. */
9049 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
9050 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
9052 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
9053 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
9054 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
9056 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
9065 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
9066 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
9068 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9069 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
9074 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
9075 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
9076 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
9077 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
9079 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9080 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
9082 /* Compare the ISAs. */
9083 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
9085 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9086 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
9090 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
9092 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
9093 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
9095 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
9096 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
9097 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
9098 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
9099 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9100 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9101 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9103 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9104 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9105 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9106 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9107 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9108 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9112 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9113 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9114 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9116 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9117 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9122 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9123 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9125 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9126 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9127 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9128 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9129 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9131 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9132 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9133 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9134 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9136 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9137 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9139 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9140 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9143 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9144 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9147 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9148 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9150 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9152 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9153 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9156 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9157 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9159 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9160 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9161 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9162 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9168 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9175 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9178 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9180 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9181 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9183 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9184 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9189 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9193 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9195 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9196 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9198 /* xgettext:c-format */
9199 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9201 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9202 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9203 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9204 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9205 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9206 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9207 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9208 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9209 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9210 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9211 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9212 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9213 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9214 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9216 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9218 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9219 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9220 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9221 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9222 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9223 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9224 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9225 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9226 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9227 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9228 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9229 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9230 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9231 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9232 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9233 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9234 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9235 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9237 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9239 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9240 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9242 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9243 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9245 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9246 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9248 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9255 struct bfd_elf_special_section
const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[]=
9257 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9258 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9259 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9260 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9261 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9262 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9263 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }